{"title":"Intermediate Switches","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is the one that goes in the middle. Two positions need a pair of two way switches; every position after that needs an intermediate between them, and fitting an ordinary switch there is why a landing sometimes works from two ends and not from the third. We stock Knightsbridge's intermediate switches as finished single gang plates and as grid modules, in both common ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-brushed-chrome-rounded-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Brushed Chrome Rounded Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch features a brushed chrome rounded-edge faceplate with a matching metal rocker. Rated at 10AX on 230V 50Hz, the switch handles lighting loads up to 2,300W and is designed specifically for three-way switching circuits where lights are controlled from three or more locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed on staircases, extended hallways and rooms with multiple entry points, the intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches to complete a multi-point circuit. The 85.75mm square faceplate has a rounded profile that projects 7.5mm from the wall once fitted, with the brushed chrome finish providing a low-sheen metallic surface that resists fingerprints and glare better than polished chrome. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and includes screw terminals for standard fixed wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertified to EN 60669-1 and carrying an IP20 rating, the switch is suitable for dry indoor locations. The premium-grade steel construction includes an integrated gasket that sits between the faceplate and the mounting box, reducing dust ingress and improving wall fit. The 25-year warranty covers manufacturing defects and material failure under normal residential and light commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1252501_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1275740.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch enables lighting control from three or more positions. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include staircases with switches at ground, mid-landing and first floor, or hallways with entry points at both ends plus a third switch mid-corridor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The faceplate projects 7.5mm from the wall once fitted, giving a total projection of approximately 23.5mm from the wall surface to the front of the rocker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between brushed chrome and polished chrome?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrushed chrome has a directional grain texture that scatters light and reduces fingerprint visibility. Polished chrome is mirror-smooth and more reflective but shows fingerprints more readily. Both are applied to the same premium-grade steel construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rounded edge plate compatible with standard UK wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The switch uses standard screw terminals for fixed wiring and fits UK 85mm square mounting boxes with a minimum 16mm depth. The intermediate function requires four terminals rather than the two found on standard one-way switches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293544243467,"sku":"CL12BC","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/325064_a7dd8e8c-d77f-4547-a5d5-4e02aa1a73a7.jpg?v=1714660021"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch features a square edge antique brass plate with a matching metal rocker, designed for three-way lighting circuits where a single light is controlled from three separate switch positions. The intermediate function sits between two two-way switches, typically on staircases with landings or in hallways with three access points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from premium-grade steel with an antique brass finish, the switch provides a warm, aged metallic tone that suits period properties, traditional interiors and vintage-inspired schemes. The square edge profile gives a defined geometric outline against the wall, distinct from rounded-edge contemporary styles. The metal rocker matches the plate finish, creating a unified appearance across the switch face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W on a 230V circuit, suitable for standard domestic lighting including LED, halogen and incandescent bulbs. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth for installation and includes an earth terminal for metal back box bonding. A built-in gasket provides moisture resistance to IP20 standard, making it suitable for dry indoor locations. The screw terminals accept standard UK wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350253_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283388.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch controls a single light from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit, typically on staircases with upper and lower landings or in long hallways with three access points. You cannot use an intermediate switch alone — it only functions when wired between two-way switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The switch plate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the antique brass finish lacquered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Knightsbridge antique brass finishes are lightly lacquered to slow natural tarnishing. The finish will develop additional patina over time if the lacquer wears in high-contact areas around the rocker. This is a characteristic of antique brass rather than a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge style in multiple finishes including polished brass, brushed brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293548142859,"sku":"CS12AB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672730_ae0053eb-654f-4856-9b4e-177a62a13d80.jpg?v=1714660117"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate toggle switch provides the middle switching point in three-switch circuits, allowing a single light or lighting group to be controlled from three separate wall locations. The switch features an antique brass square-edge metal faceplate with a matching metal toggle mechanism that clicks up and down for on\/off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for stairwells, landings, long hallways and open-plan spaces where light control is needed from more than two positions, the intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches to complete the circuit. The 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W on a 230V circuit, covering typical domestic and light commercial installations. The 16mm minimum back box depth requirement makes it compatible with shallow mounting boxes in stud walls and plasterboard partitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is applied to premium-grade steel and shows the subtle surface variation characteristic of aged brass, with darker tones in the recesses and lighter highlights on the raised edges. The square edge profile sits flush with the wall without a bevelled surround, giving clean lines that suit traditional, heritage and transitional interiors. The built-in gasket behind the faceplate provides IP20 environmental protection and the terminals accept screw fixing for standard lighting cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350263_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283780.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is the middle switching point in a three-switch circuit, sitting between two 2-way switches. It's needed when you want to control a light from three separate locations, such as in a stairwell with switches on the ground floor, landing and upper floor, or in a long hallway with entry points at both ends and the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed. This shallow requirement makes the switch compatible with standard UK plasterboard back boxes and stud wall installations where deeper boxes cannot be recessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 10AX rating mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating indicates the switch can handle up to 10 amps on a lighting circuit, which equates to approximately 2,300W at 230V. This covers typical domestic and light commercial lighting loads without requiring a higher-rated switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge toggle switch design in a range of metal finishes including polished brass, brushed chrome, polished chrome, antique brass, satin brass and matt black. Use the search function to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293549420811,"sku":"CSTOG12AB","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672810_9ab9067b-68e5-4b11-838d-8d5f2093a5cb.jpg?v=1714660123"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-module-black-nickel","title":"20AX Intermediate Module - Black Nickel","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate module is a single-gang grid component rated at 20A, designed to control lighting circuits from three or more switching positions. The module features a black nickel rocker switch set in a white ABS and steel housing that clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, allowing modules to be added or removed without disturbing the back box wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching is used when a lighting circuit needs control from more than two locations — typically staircases with landings, long hallways with entry points at both ends and a midpoint, or large open-plan spaces where light control is needed from multiple doorways. The intermediate module sits between two two-way switches in the circuit, passing the switched live connection through regardless of rocker position. The 20A rating handles high-load lighting circuits including banks of downlights or large chandeliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module measures 56.3mm high by 24.8mm wide and requires a minimum 35mm back box depth when installed in a grid frame. The black nickel finish provides a dark gunmetal appearance that sits between polished chrome and matt black, pairing with both warm and cool-toned interiors. The rocker projects 7mm from the face of the grid frame once clipped in, giving tactile feedback when operated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3905368_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate module used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate module allows lighting to be controlled from three or more switching positions. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include staircases with landings, long hallways with multiple entry points, and large rooms where light control is needed from more than two locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid frame does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately). Grid frames are available in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang and 4-gang configurations, allowing multiple modules to be grouped in a single plate. The frame is fixed to the back box first, then modules clip in from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be paired with dimmer modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Intermediate switching is incompatible with standard dimmer circuits. If dimming is required in a multi-way switching setup, you need a specific multi-way dimmer system designed for that purpose — contact us for recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules in a wide range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or category filters to find other finishes in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293553811723,"sku":"GDM005BN","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/459890_22a0802c-3ab0-4857-bda4-1b2fc060b611.jpg?v=1714660253"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-module-anthracite","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Module - Anthracite","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid module provides multi-way switching functionality from three or more points in a lighting circuit. Rated at 20AX on 230V, the module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, allowing it to be installed without removing the frame from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use in residential, commercial and hospitality installations where lighting control is needed from multiple locations, the intermediate module sits between two-way switches at either end of the circuit. Common applications include stairwells, long corridors, large open-plan living spaces and hotel rooms where a light needs to be controlled from three, four or more points. The grid system allows multiple modules to be combined into a single faceplate, reducing the number of visible fixtures on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module is constructed from ABS with steel contacts and measures 24.8mm wide, 56.3mm tall, with a 7mm projection from the mounting frame once installed. The anthracite finish is a dark charcoal grey that works well in contemporary and industrial interiors, and pairs with other anthracite, black or grey accessories in the Knightsbridge grid range. The module carries an IP20 rating and a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnthracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3928193_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a light to be controlled from three or more points. It sits between two-way switches at either end of the circuit. Common uses include stairwells where control is needed at ground, first and second floor levels, or long corridors with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module require a separate mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge grid modules clip into separate mounting frames, which are available in 1-module, 2-module, 3-module and larger configurations. The frame is fixed to a 35mm minimum back box, then the module clips in from the front without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan multiple modules be combined in one faceplate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grid system allows multiple modules to be combined into a single mounting frame, reducing the number of visible faceplates on the wall. For example, a 3-module frame can hold this intermediate module alongside two socket modules or dimmer modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in the grid range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules and frames in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, matt black, white and anthracite. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293561643275,"sku":"GDM005AT","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/505334_ecca7a05-07c3-4fd8-a0f2-0964a31fc521.jpg?v=1714660453"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-module-smoked-bronze","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Module - Smoked Bronze","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid module is a single-width switching module in a smoked bronze finish, designed for use within the Knightsbridge Grid modular wiring accessory system. Rated at 20AX on 230V mains, it provides intermediate switching function for three-way or multi-way lighting circuits where lights need to be controlled from three or more locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front without tools, allowing installers to build custom switch plates combining different functions (sockets, switches, dimmers, data points) within a single frame. Intermediate modules sit between two two-way switches in a circuit, enabling control from a third position — commonly used in hallways, staircases and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smoked bronze finish is a dark metallic tone with a subtle bronze warmth beneath a charcoal-grey surface, pairing well with both traditional and contemporary interiors. The module measures 24.8mm wide, occupying one grid position within a multi-gang frame. The ABS and steel construction provides a 25-year warranty and IP20 ingress protection for standard indoor residential and commercial installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked Bronze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3928196_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch enables lighting control from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in a circuit, adding a third (or fourth, fifth, etc.) control point. Common applications include staircases with landings, long hallways with multiple doors, and large open-plan spaces with several entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include the mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames, which are sold separately. Frames are available in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang and larger configurations, and in matching finishes including smoked bronze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is needed. The module has an 18.7mm recessed depth and a 7mm projection from the frame once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix finishes within the same frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically yes — modules clip into any Knightsbridge grid frame regardless of finish. However, mixing finishes on the same faceplate typically looks inconsistent. Most installers match module and frame finishes for a cohesive appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293561708811,"sku":"GDM005SB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1614264_386ef377-ca45-4b66-8843-c18441253f47.jpg?v=1714660455"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-anthracite-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Anthracite Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch in anthracite is designed for three-switch lighting circuits, where a light needs to be controlled from three separate locations such as top, middle and bottom of a staircase or at multiple points on a long landing. The switch sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit, allowing the light to be turned on or off from any of the three positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwless cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box, hiding all fixings once installed and giving a clean finish against the wall. The deep anthracite finish is a near-black grey tone that pairs with industrial, contemporary and monochrome interiors. The 87.5mm square faceplate has a low 4.3mm projection from the wall, maintaining a flush profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated at 10AX on 230V 50Hz mains, the switch handles lighting loads up to 2,300W and suits both tungsten and LED dimming circuits where the dimmer is positioned at one of the other switch locations. The premium-grade steel construction includes a built-in gasket behind the faceplate for IP20 moisture protection, and the switch is certified to EN 60669-1. Installation requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, making it compatible with shallow wall cavities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnthracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3945951_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1287980.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in 3-way lighting circuits where you need to control one light from three or more locations. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit. Common installations include staircases with switches at top, middle and bottom, or long landings and hallways with multiple control points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for installation. The screwless cover plate adds a 4.3mm projection from the wall once fitted, giving a total 20.3mm depth from the wall surface to the front of the switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The anthracite cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame that is fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting or wallpapering around the switch and then re-clipped without disturbing the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this switch style in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293569966347,"sku":"SF1200AT","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/505132_2bb15d78-d3c2-41d3-b9b0-6c6c483fda40.jpg?v=1714660603"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-smoked-bronze-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Smoked Bronze Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch in smoked bronze provides the centre switching point in three-way lighting circuits, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate locations. The screwless faceplate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame, leaving no visible fixings on the wall once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for staircases, long hallways and landing circuits where lights need control from three positions, the intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches at either end of the circuit. The 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W on 230V mains, covering most domestic and commercial lighting installations. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and fits standard UK wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smoked bronze finish is a dark, warm-toned metal with subtle brown undertones that pairs well with period interiors, industrial schemes and warm contemporary palettes. The matching metal rocker gives a uniform finish across the entire faceplate. The steel construction provides durability and the integrated gasket behind the plate offers IP20 protection against dust ingress. Knightsbridge backs this switch with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked Bronze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3946970_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1288018.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch provides the middle switching point in three-way lighting circuits. It sits between two 2-way switches, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate locations — typically used on staircases, long hallways or large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted, making this one of the slimmest switches in the Knightsbridge range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The smoked bronze cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting or wallpapering around the switch and re-clipped without disturbing the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this screwless intermediate switch in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293572325643,"sku":"SF1200SB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/469596_da4061cf-78da-417b-b2ae-4e77bd04353f.jpg?v=1714660658"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-switch-module-antique-brass","title":"20AX Intermediate Switch Module - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate switch module provides switching control from three or more locations within a Knightsbridge Grid system installation. The module clips into compatible grid mounting frames from the front, allowing the antique brass rocker to be fitted or removed without disturbing back-box wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching is used where a single lighting circuit needs control points at three or more positions — typically in long hallways, stairwells with multiple landings, or large open-plan rooms with entry points at opposite ends. The 20AX rating handles standard residential lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V circuits, covering most multi-bulb pendant, downlight and spotlight configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module body is constructed from ABS plastic with steel contact terminals, and the antique brass finish on the rocker provides a warm, aged-metal tone with slight tonal variation and a low-sheen surface. The module requires a 35mm minimum back box depth and fits Knightsbridge grid frames in 1-gang through to 6-gang configurations, allowing multiple switches, sockets and data modules to be combined in a single faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674117_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is intermediate switching and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching allows control of a single lighting circuit from three or more locations. It sits between two-way switches at either end of the circuit. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with multiple floors, and large rooms with entry points at opposite ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid frame does this module fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames, sold separately. Frames are available in 1-gang through to 6-gang configurations in matching antique brass and other finishes, allowing multiple modules to be combined in a single faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is needed. The module projects 7mm from the front of the frame once clipped in, with an additional 18.7mm recessed depth behind the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rocker be removed for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The module clips into the grid frame from the front, so it can be removed and refitted without disturbing the wiring. This allows painting around the frame or swapping the module for a different finish within the same grid system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293633732875,"sku":"GDM005AB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936570_0339f35a-b166-4f3f-8ee5-ba27d2a7c1e7.jpg?v=1714661523"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-switch-module-brushed-brass","title":"20AX Intermediate Switch Module - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate switch module is a single-width Grid component finished in brushed brass, designed to control lighting from three or more switching positions within a Knightsbridge Grid mounting frame. The module carries a 20A rating at 230V, making it suitable for standard domestic lighting circuits and higher-load applications such as large pendant arrays or multiple spotlights on a single circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching is used where a light needs to be controlled from more than two positions — for example, a landing light controlled from the ground floor, first floor and second floor, or a long hallway with switches at both ends and the middle. The intermediate module sits between two 2-way modules in the circuit, allowing the light to be toggled on or off from any position regardless of the state of the other switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into a Knightsbridge Grid mounting frame (sold separately) from the front, meaning no tools are needed to fit or remove the module once the frame is installed. The brushed brass finish presents as a warm metallic gold with a fine grain texture that reduces fingerprint visibility and pairs with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth and fits all standard Knightsbridge Grid frame configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674123_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a light to be controlled from three or more positions. It sits between two 2-way switches in a circuit. If you need to control a light from only two positions, you use two 2-way switches. For three or more positions, you need two 2-way switches at either end of the circuit and one or more intermediate switches in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module work on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The module must be fitted into a Knightsbridge Grid mounting frame, which is sold separately. The frame fixes to a standard UK back box and provides the structure that the module clips into from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish options are available for this module?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the 20AX intermediate module in a range of finishes including brushed brass, polished brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is needed for safe installation of the Grid frame and module. This is deeper than the 25mm minimum required for standard switches due to the recessed depth of the Grid system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293633863947,"sku":"GDM005BB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936932_25de7ed3-06a1-4c93-b57a-8907af32f096.jpg?v=1714661525"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-matt-black","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Matt Black","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle module is a single-gang switch component designed for multi-way lighting circuits controlled from three or more locations. Rated at 20 amps, the module handles loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains and features a traditional toggle action with a matt black finish. The module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front without requiring rear access to the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches sit between two-way switches in circuits where a single light or group of lights needs control from more than two positions — common in long corridors, staircases with landings at both ends, and large rooms with multiple entry points. The grid format allows multiple switch modules to be combined into a single faceplate, reducing the number of back boxes needed and giving a cleaner finish than individual switch plates side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module body is constructed from steel and ABS thermoplastic, giving structural rigidity and electrical insulation. The matt black finish provides a neutral appearance that pairs with contemporary, industrial and monochrome schemes. The IP20 rating limits the module to dry indoor locations — it is not suitable for bathrooms, outdoor use or any zone where water contact is possible. The 35mm minimum back box depth accommodates standard UK grid frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960739_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in multi-way lighting circuits where a light or group of lights needs control from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with landings at multiple levels, and large rooms with more than two entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting frame does this module require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames, which are sold separately. The frame fixes to a standard UK back box and the modules clip in from the front. Frames are available in 1-gang, 2-gang and larger configurations depending on how many modules you need to combine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this module be used in bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The IP20 rating limits this module to dry indoor locations only. It is not suitable for bathrooms, outdoor installations or any area where water contact is possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, white and black nickel. Use the search function or product filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654442251,"sku":"GDM05TOGMB","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983384_5e0daa1f-c40e-4f5d-9a17-697a0087d352.jpg?v=1714661938"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-matt-white","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Matt White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch module is a single-gang modular component designed to clip into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately). The intermediate switching function allows lighting to be controlled from three or more points in a circuit, sitting between two two-way switches to extend multi-way control across longer hallways, staircases or rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial grid installations, the module measures 56.3mm high by 24.8mm wide and fits into single, double, triple or quad-gang grid frames depending on the number of functions needed in one faceplate. The 20AX rating handles resistive loads up to 4,600W at 230V, making it suitable for standard lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent fittings. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth for safe installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matt white toggle sits on a steel and ABS body designed for grid system compatibility. The toggle action is centre-sprung to maintain tactile feedback across thousands of operations, and the module clips firmly into the rear of the grid frame without requiring separate fixings or screws once the frame is wall-mounted. The matt white finish pairs with Knightsbridge's matt white grid frames and other modules in the same range to build coordinated multi-function faceplates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960761_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between intermediate and two-way switching?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-way switches control lighting from two points (e.g. top and bottom of stairs). Intermediate switches sit between two two-way switches to add a third, fourth or fifth control point. You need at least two two-way switches and one or more intermediate switches to create a multi-way circuit with three or more control locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid frame does this module fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into any Knightsbridge grid mounting frame (sold separately). Grid frames are available in single, double, triple and quad-gang configurations in various finishes including matt white, polished chrome, brushed chrome and matt black. The frame is fixed to the back box first, then modules clip into the rear of the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the load rating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20AX at 230V resistive, handling up to 4,600W. This covers standard domestic and commercial lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent fittings. The rating does not apply to motor loads or highly inductive circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan multiple modules be fitted in one faceplate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The modular grid system allows multiple switches, sockets, dimmers and USB modules to be combined in a single two-gang, three-gang or four-gang grid frame. Each module occupies one grid position, so a triple-gang frame can hold three separate functions behind one faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654475019,"sku":"GDM05TOGMW","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983378_8701b46b-3d8c-4b5e-9af8-1e523522fb13.jpg?v=1714661940"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-brushed-chrome","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Brushed Chrome","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch module is a single-gang component designed for multi-way lighting circuits, where a light or group of lights needs to be controlled from three or more locations. The module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, fitting alongside other grid switches, sockets or dimmers to build a custom configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches sit between two-way switches in a circuit and allow additional control points to be added without re-wiring the entire run. Common applications include long hallways with switches at each end and mid-point, staircases with landings, and large open-plan spaces where multiple entry points need independent control of the same lighting zone. The 20AX rating handles loads up to 4,600W at 230V, making it suitable for controlling groups of high-wattage halogen or LED downlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed chrome faceplate has a linear brushed grain that diffuses reflections and pairs well with modern and contemporary switch ranges. The toggle mechanism is made from premium-grade steel with ABS housing, and the module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth behind the grid frame. The IP20 rating makes it suitable for dry indoor locations only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960763_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in multi-way lighting circuits where you need to control a light from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. If you only need control from two locations, use two two-way switches instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include the grid frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a switch module only. You need to purchase a separate Knightsbridge grid mounting frame that matches the number of modules you want to install (1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang or 4-gang frames are available).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is needed. The module itself is 15.3mm deep, with a 20.5mm projection once fitted into the grid frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IP20 rating means it is only suitable for dry indoor locations outside bathroom zones. For bathroom installation, check the specific zone requirements and use appropriately rated switches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654507787,"sku":"GDM05TOGBC","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983374_39d71d92-7ce9-4e10-990c-c518774bbf81.jpg?v=1714661943"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-polished-chrome","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch - Polished Chrome","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch is a single-module component designed for multi-way lighting circuits controlled from three or more locations. The module clips into Knightsbridge mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, allowing installation without removing the frame from the wall. The polished chrome finish on the toggle lever matches other polished chrome grid modules in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches sit between two-way switches in a lighting circuit, allowing lights to be controlled from three, four or more positions — common in long hallways, staircases with landings at multiple levels, and large open-plan rooms with entry points at both ends. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, which covers most domestic and commercial lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module body is constructed from premium-grade steel and ABS, providing mechanical strength at the switch mechanism and durability under repeated use. At 24.8mm wide, the module occupies a single grid position in Knightsbridge's modular grid system, which allows custom configurations of switches, sockets and other modules behind a single screwless faceplate. The 35mm minimum mounting box depth requirement is compatible with standard UK back boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960764_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows lighting control from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in a circuit. For example, a staircase with switches at the ground floor, first-floor landing and second-floor landing would use two two-way switches (ground and second floor) with one intermediate (first floor) between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting frame does this require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames, which are sold separately. Mounting frames are available in 1-module, 2-module, 3-module and 4-module widths, allowing custom configurations. The frame fixes to a standard back box, then modules clip in from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used with dimmer circuits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Intermediate switches are on\/off only and are not compatible with dimmer circuits. For dimmable multi-way lighting, a different wiring arrangement using master and slave dimmer modules is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid toggle modules in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654573323,"sku":"GDM05TOGPC","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/984184_73833cb4-a517-4771-a49e-99e4e965310a.jpg?v=1714661945"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-antique-brass","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch module is a single-width grid component designed for multi-way lighting control systems, finished in antique brass with a tactile toggle dolly. Intermediate switches sit between two-way switches in circuits controlling a single lighting circuit from three or more locations, making this module suited to hallways, staircases and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front without removing the frame from the wall, allowing switches to be added or reconfigured without disturbing existing wiring. Each module occupies one grid position in the frame, so a 2-gang frame can house two modules, a 3-gang frame three modules, and so on. The 20AX rating handles resistive loads up to 4,600W on 230V, covering most domestic and commercial lighting circuits including high-wattage halogen downlight arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish has a brushed surface with darker patina in the recesses, giving a warm aged-metal appearance that pairs with traditional, heritage and warm-toned interiors. The toggle dolly itself is steel with the antique brass plating applied, and the module body is ABS plastic in a matching tone. The 35mm minimum back box depth requirement is standard for grid systems and fits most UK single\/double back boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960765_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between intermediate and two-way switching?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-way switches are used in pairs to control a single light from two locations. Intermediate switches are added between them when you need control from three or more locations. For example, a staircase with switches at ground floor, first floor landing and second floor landing would use two two-way switches (at each end) and one intermediate (in the middle).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting frame does this module need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module requires a Knightsbridge grid mounting frame, sold separately. The frame fixes to a 35mm minimum back box and provides the clip-in grid positions. Single, double, triple and quad frames are available in matching antique brass finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix module finishes in the same frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically yes, but for visual consistency most users choose modules in the same finish as the mounting frame. Knightsbridge grid modules are available in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 20AX rating mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20AX means the module is rated for 20 amps on resistive loads (such as incandescent or halogen lighting), which equates to 4,600W at 230V. This is higher than the standard 10AX rating on most domestic light switches and covers high-load lighting circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654638859,"sku":"GDM05TOGAB","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983372_6596232c-cbfc-4cca-aa62-81c5631be954.jpg?v=1714661947"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-anthracite","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Anthracite","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle module provides multi-way switching capability within the Knightsbridge modular grid system. The module clips into standard grid mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, allowing switches to be built up in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang or larger configurations. The intermediate function works alongside standard 1-way and 2-way modules to control a single light from three or more switch positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial lighting installations where lights need to be controlled from multiple locations — such as staircases with switches at top, middle and bottom, or long corridors with switches at each end and in the centre. The 20AX rating handles lighting circuits up to 4,600W on 230V mains, which covers most domestic and commercial lighting loads including LED, halogen and fluorescent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module body is constructed from steel and ABS, with an anthracite finish on the toggle and faceplate. The anthracite provides a near-black appearance that pairs with contemporary interiors and commercial fit-outs. The toggle action is firm and positive, with clear on\/off positions. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth and carries an IP20 rating for internal dry locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnthracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960768_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a light to be controlled from three or more locations. It works in combination with two 2-way switches at the start and end of the circuit, with one or more intermediate switches in between. This is commonly used on staircases with switches at multiple landings or in long corridors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include a mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Knightsbridge grid modules clip into separate grid mounting frames, which are sold separately. Choose a 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang or larger frame depending on how many modules you need to install together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish options are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this intermediate toggle module in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, matt black, white and anthracite. Use the search function to find other finishes in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IP20 rating means this module is suitable for internal dry locations only. It cannot be installed within bathroom zones where water spray or moisture exposure is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654802699,"sku":"GDM05TOGAT","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983370_31a1bc73-c5d3-4238-8256-025999166f4f.jpg?v=1714661949"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-smoked-bronze","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Smoked Bronze","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge GDM05TOGSB is a 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch module in a smoked bronze finish, designed to clip into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front. The intermediate switching configuration allows the module to be wired into multi-way lighting circuits, enabling control of a single light or group of lights from three or more switch locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrid modules are used in residential and commercial installations where multiple switching functions need to be grouped in a single faceplate. This module occupies a single grid aperture (one module wide) and can be combined with other Knightsbridge grid modules such as 1-gang, 2-gang, dimmer or socket modules in 2-gang, 3-gang or 4-gang grid frames. The intermediate function is wired between two 2-way switches to create a 3-way or 4-way switching arrangement, common in hallways, staircases and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module housing is constructed from steel and ABS, with a smoked bronze finish on the toggle dolly. The finish provides a mid-tone metallic appearance darker than polished or brushed brass, pairing with warm contemporary and industrial interiors. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth and is rated IP20 for indoor dry-location use. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked Bronze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960772_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is intermediate switching and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching is used when you need to control a light from three or more locations. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with landings, and large rooms with multiple doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module work on its own or does it need a grid frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a grid module only. It requires a separate Knightsbridge grid mounting frame (sold separately) which fixes to the back box. The module then clips into the frame from the front. Grid frames are available in 2-gang, 3-gang and 4-gang configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in the Knightsbridge grid range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or category filters to find other finishes in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is required for safe installation. The module projects 20.5mm from the mounting frame once clipped in.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654868235,"sku":"GDM05TOGSB","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983368_581edab7-a421-41cc-94e2-cfa1de57655c.jpg?v=1714661952"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-black-nickel","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Black Nickel","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate toggle switch module provides three-way or multi-point switching control for lighting circuits rated up to 20A. The module clips into Knightsbridge grid frames (sold separately), allowing it to be combined with other grid modules to create custom switch and socket configurations. The black nickel finish on the toggle dolly and surround gives a dark, semi-reflective metallic appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches are used where a lighting circuit needs to be controlled from three or more locations. They sit between two standard two-way switches in the circuit, allowing any switch in the sequence to turn the light on or off regardless of the position of the other switches. This makes them common in hallways, staircases and large rooms where multiple entry points need independent control of the same lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module measures 24.8mm wide and 56.3mm tall, fitting a single grid position within Knightsbridge's modular grid system. The steel and ABS construction houses the switching mechanism behind the toggle, which projects 20.5mm from the front of the frame once clipped in. The 35mm minimum back box depth requirement allows installation in standard UK back boxes. The black nickel finish pairs with other black nickel grid modules or can be mixed with polished chrome, brushed chrome or brass finishes within the same grid frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960776_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows control of a lighting circuit from three or more locations. If you already have two-way switches at either end of a hallway or staircase and need to add a third switching point in the middle, you need an intermediate. It sits between the two existing two-way switches in the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include a frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the toggle switch module only. It clips into Knightsbridge grid frames, which are sold separately. You will need to select a grid frame in the appropriate size (1-gang, 2-gang, etc.) and finish to match or complement this module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix this with other grid modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge grid modules are designed to be mixed and matched. You can combine this black nickel toggle with other black nickel switches, sockets, dimmers or USB modules within the same grid frame, or mix finishes for contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is needed. This is deeper than the module itself because the back box must accommodate the wiring connections and the depth of the grid frame that holds the module.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654933771,"sku":"GDM05TOGBN","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983364_5c094032-c8e5-4ea5-b04d-225cf9094eae.jpg?v=1714661954"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-toggle-switch-module-brushed-brass","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Toggle Switch Module - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid toggle switch module is a single-module component in brushed brass that clips into separately-sold grid mounting frames. Rated at 20AX on 230V 50Hz mains, it handles lighting loads up to 4,600W, making it suitable for domestic and commercial lighting circuits where intermediate switching is needed as part of a three-way or multi-location control setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for installation within Knightsbridge's modular grid system, the module measures 24.8mm wide by 56.3mm tall and requires a 35mm minimum mounting box depth behind the frame. The toggle mechanism provides tactile feedback on switching position and the intermediate wiring configuration allows a light fitting to be controlled from three or more switch positions by combining two two-way modules at the ends with one or more intermediate modules between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish on the toggle and faceplate gives a warm metallic tone that works in both traditional and contemporary interiors. The module is constructed from premium-grade steel and ABS, with the toggle lever and visible components finished in brushed brass to match Knightsbridge's wider range of brass grid accessories. IP20 rated for dry indoor use, with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960779_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches in a multi-location lighting control setup. It allows a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three or more positions. For example, in a long hallway or staircase with switches at both ends and one or more mid-points, the end switches are two-way and the middle switches are intermediate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include a mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The module clips into a separately-sold Knightsbridge grid mounting frame. Frames are available in one-module, two-module, three-module and larger configurations, and in matching finishes including brushed brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum mounting box depth is needed to accommodate the module and frame. The combined projection from the wall once fitted is approximately 20.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used to dim lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an on\/off toggle switch rated at 20AX. For dimming functionality, use a compatible grid dimmer module instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293655097611,"sku":"GDM05TOGBB","price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983362_a6581089-4fea-467a-a11a-4b680ae83594.jpg?v=1714661956"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-switch-25x50mm-white","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Switch 25x50mm - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge NET12WH is a 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular switch in white, measuring 25x50mm to fit euro modular faceplate systems. An intermediate switch is used in three-way or four-way lighting circuits where a single light or group of lights needs to be controlled from three or more switch positions — typically in hallways, staircases, or large open-plan rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential, hospitality and commercial installation, the switch module clips into euro modular faceplates and back boxes with a minimum depth of 25mm. The modular format allows bespoke switch and socket combinations to be built on a single faceplate — for example, pairing this intermediate switch with socket modules or data modules to create a tailored multi-gang configuration without pre-configured plate limitations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white ABS construction provides a neutral finish that matches standard white faceplates from Knightsbridge's modular ranges. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V circuits, which is higher than the standard 10AX rating found on most domestic switches and gives headroom for commercial applications with higher connected loads. The IP20 rating confirms the module is suitable for dry indoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches work in conjunction with two 2-way switches to create multi-point control circuits. In a typical three-switch setup, the intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches and allows the lighting to be toggled from any of the three positions. Additional intermediate switches can be added between the 2-way switches to extend control to four, five or more positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5238689_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between an intermediate switch and a 2-way switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch is used in pairs to control a light from two positions. An intermediate switch is used between two 2-way switches to add a third (or fourth, fifth, etc.) control point. You need at least two 2-way switches in any circuit — intermediate switches only work when placed between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat faceplate does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 25x50mm module fits Knightsbridge euro modular faceplates designed for modular components. These faceplates are sold separately and come in various gang configurations (2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang, etc.) and finishes (white, chrome, brass, black). The module clips into the faceplate frame without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 25mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The module itself is 25.7mm deep, so the back box provides just enough clearance for the switch mechanism and terminal connections behind the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat load can it handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20AX rating means the switch can handle up to 20A at 230V on resistive loads such as incandescent or LED lighting, which equals approximately 4,600W. For inductive loads (motors, transformers) the rating may be lower — refer to the datasheet for specific load types.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293679935755,"sku":"NET12WH","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300796_f233ec60-13a5-4b87-a49f-c9cb9e427a89.jpg?v=1714662422"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-wide-rocker-switch-50x50mm-white","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Wide Rocker Switch 50x50mm - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge NET12WWH is a 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular switch with a 50x50mm white wide rocker, designed to fit euro modular faceplates. An intermediate switch allows a single light or circuit to be controlled from three or more locations when wired between two 2-way switches, giving three-point or multi-point control in hallways, staircases and large rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modular design means the switch clips into a separate euro-standard faceplate frame rather than being supplied as a complete unit, allowing multiple switches, sockets and data modules to be assembled into custom grid configurations. The 50x50mm rocker occupies two module widths in a standard 25mm-pitch grid system, making it compatible with Knightsbridge's modular faceplate ranges and other euro-compatible frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from white ABS with a Class II double-insulated back, the switch requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and carries an IP20 rating for dry indoor locations. The 20AX rating handles resistive loads up to 4,600W at 230V, making it suitable for lighting circuits, fan controls and other general switching applications in residential and light commercial installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5238702_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches to allow a circuit to be controlled from three or more locations. Common in long hallways, staircases with landings, and large open-plan spaces where multiple switch positions are needed for a single lighting circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this come with a faceplate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a modular switch insert only. It clips into a separate euro-standard modular faceplate frame, which is purchased separately. Knightsbridge produces compatible frames in various finishes and grid sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat faceplate does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50x50mm rocker occupies two module widths in a 25mm-pitch euro grid system. It fits Knightsbridge's own modular faceplate ranges and other euro-compatible frames from manufacturers using the same grid pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The switch itself is 25.7mm deep, so the back box must provide at least 25mm clearance behind the faceplate mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293680034059,"sku":"NET12WWH","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300800_00533f62-c000-40f4-8d6b-f9ae1e0f6347.jpg?v=1714662427"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-switch-25x50mm-black","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Switch 25x50mm - Black","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular switch is a 25x50mm black switch module designed to fit Euro modular faceplates, allowing installers to build custom multi-gang switch and socket combinations. An intermediate switch is used in three-way or four-way lighting circuits where a single light or group of lights needs to be controlled from three or more locations in a room or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial installations requiring flexible switch configurations, the module clips into compatible Knightsbridge modular faceplates alongside other 25x50mm modules such as sockets, data ports, or additional switches. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, making it suitable for multi-lamp circuits, chandeliers, or high-output LED driver loads. The module requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and is rated IP20 for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black ABS construction provides a hard-wearing surface that resists scratching and discolouration under regular use. The rocker action gives clear tactile feedback when switching, and the module fits flush within the faceplate aperture once installed. Knightsbridge produces matching modules in the same black finish, allowing consistent aesthetics across multi-gang plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5328829_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in lighting circuits where three or more switches control the same light or group of lights. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with landings, and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat faceplate does this module fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 25x50mm module fits Knightsbridge Euro modular faceplates in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang and 4-gang configurations. The faceplate is sold separately and clips onto the modules once they are wired into the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be mixed with socket modules on the same plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge modular faceplates allow combinations of switches, sockets, USB ports, data modules and blanks in any configuration that fits the plate aperture. This 25x50mm switch occupies one module space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The module itself is 25.7mm deep, so the back box must accommodate the module plus wiring behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293681115403,"sku":"NET12BK","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300772_43804052-6ed2-4ac4-9139-0c4d1ad03909.jpg?v=1714662456"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-switch-25x50mm-grey","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Switch 25x50mm - Grey","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular switch is a 25x50mm grey ABS switch module designed to slot into euro modular faceplates. An intermediate switch is the third switch in a three-way lighting circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three or more locations in a room or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for installers building custom switch configurations, the module clips into standard euro modular frames and can be combined with other Knightsbridge modules (switches, dimmers, sockets, data ports) to create bespoke multi-gang plates. The 25x50mm footprint occupies a single module width in a modular grid, allowing up to four modules in a standard quad-gang euro plate or two modules in a double-gang frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grey ABS rocker matches Knightsbridge's modular range finish and suits commercial, hospitality and residential installations where a neutral grey tone is preferred over white or metallic finishes. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, comfortably exceeding typical residential lighting circuit demands. The IP20 rating restricts use to dry indoor locations only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5328830_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is the third (or fourth, fifth, etc.) switch in a multi-location lighting circuit. It sits between two two-way switches and allows control of the same light from three or more positions. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with landings, and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat faceplate does this module fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module fits any euro modular faceplate with 25x50mm grid spacing. Knightsbridge produces compatible frames in single, double, triple and quad-gang configurations across various finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I combine this with other modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 25x50mm format allows you to combine this intermediate switch with other Knightsbridge modular components (rocker switches, dimmers, sockets, USB ports, data modules) in the same faceplate to create custom multi-gang configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The module itself is 25.7mm deep, so a 25mm box provides just enough clearance when wiring is managed carefully. A 35mm or 47mm box gives more comfortable working space during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293681410315,"sku":"NET12GY","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300788_68632921-3123-4a03-b979-187d63e0c8c4.jpg?v=1714662459"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-wide-rocker-switch-50x50mm-black","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Wide Rocker Switch 50x50mm - Black","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge NET12WBK is a 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular rocker switch in a 50x50mm euro module format, finished in matt black ABS. An intermediate switch allows control of a single light circuit from three or more positions, working alongside two-way switches at the start and end of the switching sequence. The wide 50x50mm rocker provides a larger contact area than standard 25x50mm modules, making the switch easier to operate in the dark or with wet hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial installations using euro modular systems, the switch clips into any compatible modular faceplate from the Knightsbridge GRID or Modular Metal ranges. The 25mm minimum mounting box depth allows it to fit shallow back boxes common in stud wall and plasterboard installations. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V circuits, making it suitable for high-wattage circuits including multiple spotlights or large pendant arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matt black ABS construction provides impact resistance and a low-sheen finish that minimises fingerprints and glare under artificial lighting. The rocker mechanism uses a positive-action contact that clicks audibly when switched, giving tactile feedback. The IP20 rating confirms the switch is designed for dry indoor environments rather than bathrooms, kitchens or outdoor locations requiring higher ingress protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5328844_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a single light to be controlled from three or more positions. It sits between two two-way switches in a circuit, so for example a landing light might be controlled by a two-way at the bottom of the stairs, an intermediate on the landing, and a two-way at the top of the upper floor. For two-position control only, use two-way switches instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat euro modular faceplates is this compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50x50mm module fits any Knightsbridge GRID or Modular Metal euro faceplate. Faceplates are available in 1-6 module widths and various finishes including brushed chrome, polished chrome, black nickel and matt black. Modules and faceplates are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IP20 rating means it is designed for dry indoor locations only. For bathrooms and kitchens, switches must be installed outside zone areas or use higher IP-rated products designed for damp environments. Consult Part P Building Regulations and BS 7671 wiring regulations before installation in wet areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between 25x50mm and 50x50mm modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth fit the same euro modular faceplate grid. The 50x50mm wide rocker module occupies two module spaces horizontally but provides a larger rocker surface, making it easier to locate and press. The 25x50mm occupies one module space and is used where more modules need to fit in a single faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293681606923,"sku":"NET12WBK","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300784_3b876118-f84b-4012-b8a3-ee31835d76de.jpg?v=1714662466"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-intermediate-modular-wide-rocker-switch-50x50mm-grey","title":"20AX 1 Gang Intermediate Modular Wide Rocker Switch 50x50mm - Grey","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX 1-gang intermediate modular switch is a 50x50mm wide rocker module designed to fit euro modular faceplates. An intermediate switch allows control of a single circuit from three or more positions, typically used in staircases, hallways and large rooms where lights need control from multiple entry points. The 20AX rating handles loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, comfortably exceeding the requirement for residential and commercial lighting circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use in Knightsbridge's modular faceplate system, the switch combines with other modules (sockets, dimmers, data ports) to build custom configurations. The 50x50mm wide rocker gives a larger actuation surface than 25x50mm modules, making it easier to operate in low light or for users with reduced dexterity. The grey ABS construction provides a neutral backdrop that works across contemporary, industrial and minimalist interiors without competing with architectural details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and clips into the modular faceplate from the front once wiring is complete. The IP20 rating makes it suitable for dry indoor areas including living rooms, bedrooms, offices and retail spaces. The Class II double-insulated construction means no earth connection is required to the switch body itself, simplifying installation in older properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5328846_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows control of a single lighting circuit from three or more positions. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include long hallways, staircases with landings, and large rooms with multiple doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat faceplate does this module fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module fits any euro modular faceplate that accepts 50x50mm modules. Knightsbridge produces modular faceplates in various finishes and gang configurations, allowing you to combine switches, sockets and data modules in a single plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 20AX rating handles LED, halogen, incandescent and CFL loads. For dimmable LED circuits, pair with a compatible dimmer module rather than using this standard switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum mounting box depth is required. The module itself measures 25.7mm deep, so a 25mm box provides just enough clearance once the faceplate is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293681672459,"sku":"NET12WGY","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1300792_59f30e27-8835-446b-9709-5e2162b09fcd.jpg?v=1714662469"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-toggle-switch-module-white","title":"20AX Intermediate Toggle Switch Module - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate toggle switch module is a single-module grid component designed for 3-way switching installations within the Curved Edge Grid system. The module provides an intermediate switching position between two 2-way switches, allowing a single light or circuit to be controlled from three separate locations. Rated at 20AX double-pole, the module handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module is designed for residential, hospitality and commercial installations where corridor lighting, stairwell lighting or large room circuits need control from three points. The module clips into Curved Edge Grid mounting frames (sold separately) from the front, meaning the frame is fixed to the back box first and modules are then clipped in place without removing the frame. This makes reconfiguration or replacement faster than traditional single-gang switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white thermoset resin construction carries anti-microbial properties tested to ISO 22196:2011, making the module suitable for healthcare, education and food preparation environments where surface hygiene matters. The captive terminal design prevents loose terminal screws during wiring, and the 35mm minimum back box depth allows installation in standard cavity wall depths. The module measures 25mm wide (one grid space) and projects 15mm from the mounting frame once clipped in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoset resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaptive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Microbial Properties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3rd Party Tested to ISO 22196:2011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5614229_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches to create 3-way switching, allowing a single light or circuit to be controlled from three separate locations. Common applications include long corridors, staircases with three landings, and large rooms with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting frame does this module require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module is compatible only with Knightsbridge Curved Edge Grid mounting frames, sold separately. The module clips into the frame from the front after the frame is fixed to the back box. It will not fit standard single-gang switch plates or other grid systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is required for safe installation. The module itself projects 15mm from the mounting frame once clipped in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 20AX rating mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20AX indicates the module can switch inductive loads (motors, transformers) up to 20A and resistive loads (incandescent bulbs, heaters) beyond that. For typical lighting circuits this translates to approximately 4,600W on 230V mains, far exceeding most domestic lighting requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293684359435,"sku":"CUGM4TOG","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1455418_363ba203-2de2-4594-9802-facf63eb816f.jpg?v=1714662542"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-matt-black-rounded-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Matt Black Rounded Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch is a three-way lighting control in a matt black rounded-edge metal plate. It sits between two 2-way switches in a circuit, allowing a single light to be controlled from three separate locations — typically at the bottom of a staircase, on a mid-floor landing, and at the top of the stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential staircases, long hallways, and open-plan spaces where lighting needs to be controlled from more than two points, the switch carries a 10AX rating suitable for up to 2,300W of lighting load on 230V mains. The premium-grade steel faceplate measures 87.75mm square with a projection of 7.5mm from the wall once fitted to a standard 16mm minimum back box. The rounded edges soften the profile against walls and reduce the risk of snagging on clothing or bags in narrow hallways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matt black finish is a low-sheen powder coat over the steel substrate, giving a fingerprint-resistant surface that pairs well with industrial, contemporary and minimalist interiors. The metal rocker matches the faceplate tone exactly, avoiding the tonal mismatch that can occur with plastic inserts behind metal plates. The switch includes screw terminals for standard UK wiring, an earth terminal for Class I installation, and a built-in gasket behind the plate that improves the IP20 rating by reducing dust ingress around the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5901216_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a three-way lighting circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three or more separate locations. Common installations include staircases with a landing, long hallways with three entry points, and large rooms with multiple doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed. The switch plate itself projects 7.5mm from the wall once fitted, giving a total depth of approximately 23.5mm from the wall surface to the back of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the plate screwed to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Knightsbridge rounded-edge range uses visible screw fixings at the top and bottom of the plate. The screws are finished to match the matt black faceplate. For a screwless option, see the Knightsbridge screwless range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the rounded-edge intermediate switch in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, and white. Use the search function or filters at Niori to find other variants in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293696450827,"sku":"CL12MBB","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1553972_18b13552-867c-4063-9c7e-aeb3c26768ae.jpg?v=1714662787"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-polished-chrome-rounded-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Polished Chrome Rounded Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch is designed for three-point lighting circuits, where a single light or bank of lights needs to be controlled from three separate switch positions. This is the intermediate unit that sits between the two two-way switches, typically used on staircases, long hallways, and multi-access rooms where entry and exit points require control from three locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch uses a polished chrome faceplate with a rounded edge profile, where the plate curves gently into the wall rather than sitting with a sharp 90-degree corner. The rocker itself is also metal and polished chrome, creating a uniform finish across the entire fitting. The 10AX rating supports lighting loads up to 2,300W on standard 230V circuits, which covers most domestic and light commercial installations including multiple LED downlights, chandeliers, and track lighting runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe faceplate is constructed from premium-grade steel with a high-gloss chrome finish that reflects light and provides a clear, mirror-like surface when clean. The rounded edge design reduces the visual heaviness of the switch on the wall compared to flat plates, and the single-gang size measures 85.75mm square with a projection of 7.5mm from the wall surface. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, making it compatible with shallow back boxes in stud walls and dry-lined surfaces. A built-in gasket behind the faceplate provides moisture resistance to IP20 standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3382171_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1275744.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-point lighting circuits where you want to control the same light from three locations. The circuit consists of two two-way switches at either end and one intermediate switch in the middle. Common applications include staircases with landings, long hallways with three doorways, and open-plan rooms with multiple access points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, making it suitable for shallow installation in stud walls, dry-lined surfaces, and retrofit applications where cavity depth is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rocker metal or plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rocker is metal with a matching polished chrome finish, creating a uniform appearance across the entire switch face. This differs from some budget ranges where only the faceplate is metal and the rocker is chrome-effect plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the polished chrome be cleaned without scratching?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolished chrome should be cleaned with a soft, dry microfibre cloth. For fingerprints and smudges, a barely-damp cloth is acceptable. Avoid abrasive cleaners, scouring pads, and household sprays containing ammonia or bleach, as these can scratch or dull the finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293755334923,"sku":"CL12PC","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/321372_a83e4307-bdc2-4941-9a00-de308f7574b9.jpg?v=1714663719"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-brushed-chrome-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Brushed Chrome Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides the middle switching point in three-way lighting circuits, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate locations. It carries a 10AX rating (2,300W at 230V) and features a brushed chrome faceplate with a square edge profile and matching rocker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for staircases, long hallways and landings where three switches control the same light fitting, the intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches to complete the circuit. The square edge faceplate sits flush to the wall with a defined right-angle perimeter, giving a more architectural appearance than rounded-edge alternatives. The built-in gasket between the faceplate and back box provides IP20 protection against dust ingress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed chrome finish shows directional grain under light and resists fingerprints better than polished chrome, making it suitable for high-traffic areas where switches are frequently operated. The steel construction adds weight and rigidity compared to plastic alternatives, and the 16mm minimum mounting box depth makes it compatible with standard UK back boxes. The earth terminal and screw terminals accept standard UK wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3227827_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283392.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used when you need to control a light from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches to complete the circuit. Common applications include staircases with switches at bottom, middle landing and top, or long hallways with switches at each end and in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The faceplate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall once fitted, giving a total depth of approximately 26.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between square edge and screwless finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a traditional screw-fixed square edge switch with visible fixing screws at top and bottom. The square edge refers to the right-angle perimeter of the faceplate rather than the rounded edges found on curved-edge alternatives. Knightsbridge also produces screwless versions in this finish where the cover plate clips onto a sub-frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the brushed chrome finish durable in high-traffic areas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed finish resists fingerprints and light surface marks better than polished chrome due to the directional grain. The steel construction is more durable than plastic alternatives and the 25-year warranty reflects the expected lifespan under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293776371979,"sku":"CS12BC","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/320898_082c10de-870c-4fd9-8bdc-d8c669c17c68.jpg?v=1714663923"},{"product_id":"10ax-intermediate-switch-white-rounded-edge","title":"10AX Intermediate Switch - White Rounded Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX intermediate switch provides three-or-more-point control of a lighting circuit, allowing a single set of lights to be switched on or off from three different locations. The 86mm square plate has gently rounded edges and a white thermoset resin finish with an anti-microbial coating tested to ISO 22196:2011, making it well-suited to hallways, stairwells and other high-traffic circulation spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is wired between two two-way switches in a three-way lighting circuit. It functions as the middle switching point in arrangements where lights need to be controlled from a landing, top of stairs and bottom of stairs, or from either end of a long hallway plus a midpoint. The 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W at 230V, suitable for most domestic and light commercial lighting circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7mm projection from the wall gives a low-profile presence, and the rounded edges reduce the sharp corner feel of traditional square plates. The plate includes screw cap covers that hide the fixing screws once installation is complete. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and is certified to EN 60669-1 for electrical safety. Knightsbridge backs this range with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoset resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Microbial Properties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3rd Party Tested to ISO 22196:2011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2300860_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1147604.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a lighting circuit to be controlled from three or more locations. It is wired between two two-way switches, creating a three-way circuit. This is common in stairwells where you need switches at the top, bottom and landing, or in long hallways with switches at both ends and a midpoint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed. The 7mm plate projection means the total depth from wall to front of plate is approximately 23mm once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the anti-microbial coating do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plate surface is treated with an anti-microbial coating tested to ISO 22196:2011. This reduces bacterial growth on the switch surface, which is useful in high-traffic areas like hallways and stairwells where multiple people touch the same switch daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used with LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10AX rating supports loads up to 2,300W at 230V, which covers most LED, halogen and incandescent lighting circuits. The switch is a mechanical contact switch and does not interfere with LED dimming circuits when used in non-dimmed applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293784891659,"sku":"CU1200","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/135196_83236de6-0a89-4586-93c8-82ccc0c6ec9a.jpg?v=1714664079"},{"product_id":"10ax-intermediate-switch-module-white","title":"10AX Intermediate Switch Module - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX intermediate switch module adds a third switching position to a lighting circuit within a multi-gang curved-edge faceplate. Where a standard two-way switching setup controls a light from two positions, inserting this intermediate module between the two existing switches allows control from three or more points along the same circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for installation in hallways, staircases and landings where lighting needs to be controlled from multiple access points, the module fits Knightsbridge curved-edge grid plates in 2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang and 6-gang configurations. The white thermoset resin construction is rated at 10AX on 230V mains, handling resistive loads up to 2,300W. The module measures 60mm high by 16mm wide and requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, making it compatible with shallow-depth installation boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white finish integrates with existing white grid plates and modules in the same range. Thermoset resin provides better heat dissipation than thermoplastic alternatives, maintaining dimensional stability under sustained electrical load. The module carries IP20 ingress protection for standard indoor dry locations and is certified to EN 60669-1. Anti-microbial properties tested to ISO 22196:2011 reduce bacterial growth on the surface, which is particularly relevant in high-traffic areas like corridors and stairwells. Knightsbridge backs the module with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoset resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Microbial Properties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3rd Party Tested to ISO 22196:2011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2333041_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1147602.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between a 2-way switch and an intermediate switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch allows control from two positions (e.g. top and bottom of stairs). An intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches to add a third control position or more. You need two 2-way switches at the start and end of the circuit, with intermediate modules in between for each additional switching point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid plates is this compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module fits Knightsbridge curved-edge grid plates in 2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang and 6-gang configurations. It occupies one module width (16mm) within the plate and clips into the grid frame before the faceplate is fixed to the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed. The module itself is 21mm deep but the curved-edge grid frame accommodates this within a 16mm box. Most UK residential installations use 25mm or 35mm boxes, both of which provide adequate clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 25-year warranty cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge's 25-year warranty covers manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship. It does not cover damage from incorrect installation, electrical overload beyond the 10AX rating, or normal wear from use. Warranty claims require proof of purchase and the module must be installed in accordance with BS 7671 wiring regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293785186571,"sku":"CU1200M","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/165830_b80d4801-1bda-44fc-a9ef-8e4be3587d4c.jpg?v=1714664082"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-switch-module-white-grid-module","title":"20AX Intermediate Switch Module - White Grid Module","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate switch module is a single-width grid module designed for use with Knightsbridge curved edge grid systems. The module provides intermediate switching capability (the middle position in a three-way lighting circuit) rated at 20A, allowing a single light to be controlled from three or more locations when paired with two 2-way switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrid systems allow multiple switch and socket modules to be assembled side-by-side within a single faceplate, making them ideal for commercial installations, multi-room lighting control in residential properties, and anywhere a compact bank of controls is needed without fitting multiple separate switches. This intermediate module occupies 25mm of width and can be combined with other Knightsbridge curved edge grid modules to build custom configurations. The module fits into grid frames designed for 35mm or deeper back boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white thermoset resin construction carries IP20 ingress protection and has been tested to ISO 22196:2011 for anti-microbial properties, making it suitable for healthcare, hospitality and public-space installation where hygiene standards are higher. The curved edge profile matches the design language of Knightsbridge's curved edge switches and sockets range, giving visual consistency when grid modules and standalone switches are used on the same wall. Knightsbridge backs this module with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoset resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Microbial Properties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3rd Party Tested to ISO 22196:2011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2619817_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1147512.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a single light to be controlled from three or more locations. It sits between two 2-way switches in a circuit — for example, controlling a landing light from the ground floor, first floor and second floor in a three-storey house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid frame does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module is designed for Knightsbridge curved edge grid frames only. It will not fit other manufacturers' grid systems or standard faceplates. The module occupies one grid space (25mm width) and can be combined with other curved edge grid modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is required. The module itself has a recessed depth of 20mm, with the remaining space needed for wiring and connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 20AX rating mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20AX means the switch is rated for 20 amps on 230V mains, handling loads up to 4,600W. The 'X' denotes enhanced arc-suppression contacts, making it suitable for inductive loads such as fluorescent fittings and LED drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293796000011,"sku":"CUGM4","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/160270_99a8d39e-957b-4072-a983-854d04fdd768.jpg?v=1714664310"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides three-point lighting control behind a brushed brass flat plate with a matching metal rocker. The intermediate function sits between two 2-way switches in a lighting circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate locations — typically at the top, middle and bottom of a staircase, or along a long hallway with multiple entry points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial lighting circuits up to 10AX (2,300W on 230V), the switch fits standard UK back boxes with a minimum 16mm depth. The ultra-low profile plate projects just 2.5mm from the wall once fitted, sitting nearly flush with the plaster. The built-in gasket between the plate and the back box provides additional protection against moisture ingress, extending the service life of the internal mechanism in areas with higher humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish on the steel plate provides a warm metallic accent that pairs with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The directional brushed texture catches light differently depending on viewing angle, giving the switch a subtle depth that polished finishes lack. The metal rocker matches the plate finish and provides a tactile click when operated, confirming the switch state without needing to check the light itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324817_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284236.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a lighting circuit, enabling control from three or more locations. Common applications include staircases (top, middle, bottom), long hallways with multiple doors, and large rooms with entries at opposite ends. It cannot be used alone — it always requires two 2-way switches at either end of the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed for installation. The 2.5mm projection of the plate means the finished surface sits nearly flush with the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this switch be used with LED bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10AX rating handles standard resistive loads including LED, CFL, halogen and incandescent bulbs on 230V circuits up to 2,300W total load. For high-inrush loads or very large LED arrays, consult the specification sheet for de-rating guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the flat plate series in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293807927563,"sku":"FP1200BB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/103936_4e4fe128-d3ea-497b-a78e-d687fadd195a.jpg?v=1714664508"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-brushed-chrome-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Brushed Chrome Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch sits in the middle position of a three-switch lighting circuit, allowing a single light fitting to be controlled from three separate wall positions. It carries a 10AX rating, handling loads up to 2,300W on 230V mains, which covers most domestic lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for stairs, extended hallways and large rooms where lighting control is needed from multiple positions, the intermediate switch works in conjunction with two 2-way switches to complete the circuit. The flat plate design sits flush to the wall with a 2.5mm projection from the mounting box, and the metal rocker matches the brushed chrome faceplate for a uniform finish. A built-in gasket behind the plate provides a degree of moisture resistance and helps prevent dust ingress in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 87.5mm square plate is constructed from premium-grade steel with a directional brushed chrome finish that softens reflections and pairs comfortably with stainless appliances, chrome taps and contemporary metal fixtures. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth for installation, making it compatible with standard shallow mounting boxes in plasterboard or masonry walls. Certified to EN 60669-1, the switch carries a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324821_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284256.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a three-switch lighting circuit, allowing a single light to be controlled from three separate wall positions. This configuration is common on stairs with a switch at the bottom, middle landing, and top, or in large open-plan rooms where lighting control is needed from multiple doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm mounting box depth. The ultra-flat design with 2.5mm projection makes it compatible with shallow back boxes in plasterboard walls or dry-lining applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat load can a 10AX switch handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W on 230V mains. This covers most domestic lighting circuits including multiple LED fittings, halogen downlights, and traditional incandescent bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this flat plate range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this flat plate intermediate switch in polished chrome, brushed brass, polished brass, matt black, white and other finishes. Use the search function or category filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808222475,"sku":"FP1200BC","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/103938_f87c8cec-55e4-4e60-b3b9-5b65115965a9.jpg?v=1714664511"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-gunmetal-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Gunmetal Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch features a gunmetal-finished steel faceplate with a matching metal rocker, set on an ultra-flat plate that projects just 2.5mm from the wall. Rated at 10AX on 230V mains, the switch handles lighting circuits up to 2,300W and is designed specifically for three-way switching installations where a light is controlled from three or more points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches sit between two two-way switches in extended circuits, typically found on staircases with landings, long hallways with switches at both ends and a midpoint, or open-plan spaces where a single lighting zone needs control from multiple doorways. The 16mm minimum back box depth requirement makes the switch compatible with standard UK metal or plastic mounting boxes, and the built-in gasket provides moisture protection at the faceplate edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gunmetal finish is a brushed dark grey metal with a subtle grain that softens reflections and fingerprints compared to polished chrome or stainless steel. The flat plate design eliminates the raised edge found on traditional UK switches, sitting nearly flush with the wall surface. Certified to EN 60669-1 and carrying a 25-year warranty, the switch uses premium-grade steel construction throughout the faceplate and rocker mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324824_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284238.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen do I need an intermediate switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-way or four-way lighting circuits where a single light or lighting zone needs to be controlled from three or more locations. A typical setup uses two two-way switches at the start and end of the circuit, with one or more intermediate switches in between. Common applications include staircases with top, landing, and bottom switches, or long hallways with switches at each end and a midpoint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum mounting box depth is needed. The ultra-flat plate adds just 2.5mm of projection from the wall surface once installed, making this one of the lowest-profile switches available in the Knightsbridge range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between gunmetal and brushed chrome?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGunmetal is a darker, warmer grey metal finish with a subtle grain, while brushed chrome is a cooler, lighter silver-grey. Gunmetal pairs well with industrial, contemporary and warm-toned interiors, while brushed chrome suits cooler modern schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this switch be used with LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10AX rating handles both traditional incandescent and modern LED lighting circuits up to 2,300W total load. Most LED installations run well below this threshold.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808288011,"sku":"FP1200GM","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/281636_4047c7dc-fe11-4c4c-b897-1161c569f13d.jpg?v=1714664513"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch is designed for three-way lighting circuits where a single light or lighting group is controlled from three separate switch positions. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit, most commonly on staircases, long hallways or rooms with multiple access points. The switch features a polished brass flat plate with a matching brass metal rocker and visible fixing screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate design projects just 2.5mm from the wall once installed, making it the thinnest profile in the Knightsbridge range. This works well in period properties where deeper plates would sit proud of shallow architraves or where the visual bulk of traditional switches interrupts decorative plasterwork. The polished brass finish is high-gloss, not lacquered, so it develops a natural patina over time unless actively polished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W at 230V, which accommodates standard domestic lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent bulbs. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, allowing it to fit into shallow wall cavities or plasterboard installations where space behind the wall is limited. Construction is premium-grade steel throughout, with an earth terminal and Class I rating requiring connection to circuit earth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324827_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284258.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in 3-way or 4-way lighting circuits where a single light needs to be controlled from three or more switch positions. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include staircases with switches at top, bottom and mid-landing, or long hallways with switches at both ends and in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth. This shallow requirement makes it suitable for plasterboard installations, shallow wall cavities and retrofit situations where deeper boxes cannot be accommodated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the polished brass tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass is not lacquered, so it will develop a natural patina over time through oxidation and handling. This can be maintained as a warm aged tone or regularly polished back to high-gloss using standard brass cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this flat plate range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this flat plate intermediate switch in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin chrome, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808353547,"sku":"FP1200PB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/103422_677ed050-e89a-4c06-9745-ffae763668c6.jpg?v=1714664515"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-polished-chrome-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Polished Chrome Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch adds a third switching point to lighting circuits that already have two-way switching at either end. Built for stairwells, long hallways and landings where lights need control from three or more locations, the intermediate function connects inline between two existing two-way switches to provide a mid-point toggle without requiring additional core cable runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate design sits 2.5mm proud of the wall once installed, making it one of the lowest-profile switches in the Knightsbridge range. The polished chrome faceplate is solid steel with a mirror-finish chrome plating, and the rocker is also metal rather than plastic, giving the switch a consistent finish across the entire visible surface. Two screw fixings attach the plate to a 16mm minimum back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W on 230V circuits, which is sufficient for most domestic and commercial lighting installations including LED, halogen and traditional incandescent fixtures. The switch carries IP20 ingress protection and includes a built-in gasket behind the faceplate to reduce dust and moisture ingress at the wall junction. Certified to EN 60669-1 and backed by a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324828_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284240.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-way or four-way lighting circuits, where a light needs to be controlled from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches and allows the circuit to be toggled from a mid-point without running additional core cables. Common applications include stairwells with switches at ground, mid-landing and upper floor, or long hallways with switches at both ends and in the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is needed. The flat plate design adds only 2.5mm projection from the wall once fitted, making this one of the slimmest profiles available in metal switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rocker metal or plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rocker is metal with the same polished chrome finish as the faceplate, giving a consistent metallic appearance across the entire switch rather than the plastic rockers found on some budget ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used with LED bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10AX rating is suitable for LED, halogen and incandescent lighting loads up to 2,300W on 230V circuits. Most domestic LED installations draw far less than this, so compatibility is not an issue.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808386315,"sku":"FP1200PC","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/103424_7ac65428-c374-4944-a8be-64e732b8af9b.jpg?v=1714664517"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-pearl-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Pearl Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch controls lighting from a third position in a 3-way circuit, typically used on stairs or landings where switches are needed at both ends and at a mid-point. The switch has a pearl finish flat plate with a matching metal rocker, giving a 2.5mm projection from the wall once installed — one of the lowest profiles in the Knightsbridge range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches differ from two-way switches by routing four terminals rather than three, allowing the third switch in a circuit to reverse the path between the two-way switches at either end. This is why they're found on staircases with landings, or hallways with three entry points. The 10AX rating handles standard lighting loads up to 2,300W on 230V mains, covering both LED and tungsten circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate is cut from premium-grade steel and finished in a soft pearlescent coating that sits between white and cream, giving a warm neutral that pairs with magnolia, soft greys and warm whites without the clinical brightness of pure white. The built-in gasket provides a seal between the plate and the mounting box, reducing dust ingress and improving IP20 moisture resistance. The 16mm minimum back box depth makes this compatible with shallow back boxes in partition walls and period properties where depth is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePearl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324829_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284260.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between an intermediate switch and a two-way switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-way switch controls a light from two positions (e.g. top and bottom of stairs). An intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches, creating a third control point. You need an intermediate whenever you want to control a light from more than two locations — common on staircases with landings or long hallways with three doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth. This shallow requirement makes it suitable for partition walls and period properties where back box depth is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pearl finish closer to white or cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pearl finish sits between white and cream, with a soft pearlescent coating that reads as a warm neutral. It pairs well with magnolia, soft greys and warm whites without the clinical brightness of pure white switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this flat plate style in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, brushed brass, matt black and white. Search for 'Knightsbridge flat plate intermediate' to see other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808484619,"sku":"FP1200PL","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/103426_a82cbe28-becf-4885-988e-29878c9f8871.jpg?v=1714664519"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-toggle-switch-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Toggle Switch - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate toggle switch provides the midpoint control in a three-switch lighting circuit, fitted behind a brushed brass flat plate with a matching metal toggle. The plate sits 2.5mm from the wall surface, giving an ultra-flat profile that works in period properties, contemporary interiors and commercial settings where visible hardware needs to sit flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches connect between two 2-way switches to create three-point control over the same light circuit, typically on staircases with upper, middle and lower switching positions, or extended hallways and landings. The 10AX rating handles up to 2,300W of resistive load on 230V, covering standard domestic lighting circuits including multiple LED downlights, chandeliers and track lighting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish is applied to premium-grade steel and shows visible directional brushing that softens light reflections and hides minor surface marks over time. The toggle actuator moves through a satisfying mechanical action with a defined on\/off throw, and the switch includes an internal gasket to improve moisture resistance beyond the base IP20 rating. The 16mm minimum mounting box depth accommodates most standard UK back boxes without requiring deeper recessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324830_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284242.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a three-switch lighting circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate positions. Common installations include staircases with switching at top, middle and bottom landings, or long hallways with entry, middle and exit switching points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm mounting box depth. The flat plate adds 2.5mm of projection from the wall once fitted, giving a total of approximately 18.5mm from the wall surface to the face of the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this switch be used with LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 10AX rating handles resistive loads up to 2,300W at 230V, which covers standard LED circuits. Most LED downlight and bulb installations draw significantly less than this, so the switch is compatible with typical domestic LED setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this flat-plate toggle switch in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293808550155,"sku":"FP12TOGBB","price":15.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/104086_93f961bc-32c2-49d0-a73c-b3af36d3ea77.jpg?v=1714664522"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-module-brushed-chrome","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Module - Brushed Chrome","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid module provides 3-way switching control within the modular Grid system, finished in brushed chrome. An intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three different locations. The module is rated at 20AX (20 amperes) on 230V, handling up to 4,600W of resistive load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for installation within Knightsbridge Grid mounting frames (sold separately), the module clips into position from the front of the frame once the frame is fixed to a 35mm minimum back box. This front-loading system allows modules to be added, removed or swapped without disturbing the wiring at the back box. Common applications include hallways with stairs, large open-plan rooms with multiple entry points, and bedrooms where control is needed from the door and bedside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed chrome faceplate is made from steel with a directional brushed finish that softens reflections and resists fingerprints better than polished finishes. The module measures 24.8mm wide (single-gang width in the Grid system), 56.3mm tall, and projects 7mm from the front of the mounting frame once clipped in. The ABS and steel construction is rated IP20 for dry indoor locations and carries a 25-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2201155_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a light or group of lights to be controlled from three or more locations. It sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit. For example, in a hallway with stairs, you might have a 2-way switch at the ground floor, an intermediate at the landing, and another 2-way at the top floor, allowing the hall light to be controlled from all three points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting frame does this module require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis module clips into Knightsbridge Grid mounting frames, sold separately. The frames are available in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang and 4-gang widths, each accommodating a corresponding number of single-width modules. The module clips in from the front once the frame is wired and fixed to a back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is required for safe installation. The module itself has a recessed depth of 18.7mm and projects 7mm from the front of the mounting frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix finishes in the same grid frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge Grid modules can be mixed within a single frame, allowing you to combine brushed chrome, polished chrome, white, black and other finishes. The mounting frame finish is independent of the module finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293869564171,"sku":"GDM005BC","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/155622_9b5815d5-670b-44cb-ab9e-5bc66a31c8eb.jpg?v=1714665207"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-module-matt-black","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Module - Matt Black","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid module provides the switching function needed to control lighting circuits from three or more locations in a multi-way lighting setup. The module measures 24.8mm wide and clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front, allowing it to be combined with other grid switches, sockets and blanks to build custom switch plates tailored to specific room layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial installation where lights need control from multiple points — staircases with landings, long corridors, large open-plan rooms — the intermediate module sits between two 2-way switches to extend the control points beyond two locations. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, comfortably supporting multiple circuits or high-output LED drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module housing is ABS with steel contact terminals, finished in matt black that pairs with black or dark-toned grid frames. The front rocker sits flush with the module face when clipped into the frame, maintaining a consistent profile across multi-gang plates. Installation requires a minimum 35mm back box depth, and the module carries IP20 ingress protection for standard indoor use. Knightsbridge backs the module with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3375466_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows lighting to be controlled from three or more locations. In a two-way circuit (controlling from two points) you use two 2-way switches. To add a third control point, you wire an intermediate between the two 2-way switches. Each additional control point beyond three requires another intermediate module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include the grid frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The module clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames, which are sold separately. Grid frames are available in 1, 2, 3 and 4-module widths and multiple finishes. Choose the frame size based on how many modules you need to combine in a single plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. Standard UK metal back boxes are typically 35mm or 47mm deep — either will work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix this with other grid modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge grid modules are designed to be combined. You can pair this intermediate with 1-way, 2-way, dimmer, blank, socket and other grid modules within the same frame to build custom multi-function plates.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293869596939,"sku":"GDM005MB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/207596_1d0f0492-446a-45a7-a427-b099bab4f7da.jpg?v=1714665209"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-module-matt-white","title":"20AX Intermediate Module - Matt White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate module is a matt white switch module designed for use in Knightsbridge grid wiring systems. It provides an intermediate switching function rated at 20A, allowing a single light circuit to be controlled from three or more locations when used in combination with two-way modules. The module clips into position from the front of a Knightsbridge grid mounting frame without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate modules are used in three-way and four-way lighting circuits in larger rooms, hallways, staircases and commercial spaces where switching from multiple locations is needed. The grid system allows multiple switch modules to be combined in a single frame, so a two-gang, three-gang or four-gang grid plate can hold any combination of intermediate, two-way, one-way, dimmer or retractive modules depending on wiring requirements. The 20AX rating handles lighting loads up to 4,600W on 230V circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module body is ABS plastic with steel terminal contacts, finished in matt white to match standard UK wiring accessories. The front face measures 56.3mm high by 24.8mm wide, fitting a single grid position in Knightsbridge mounting frames. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth for safe installation and carries an IP20 rating for indoor use. Knightsbridge backs this module with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2201158_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a single light or circuit to be controlled from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. For example, a staircase light controlled from ground floor, landing and top floor would use two two-way modules and one intermediate module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module include the mounting frame and faceplate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the switch module only. You need to purchase a Knightsbridge grid mounting frame and a separate grid faceplate to complete the installation. Frames and faceplates are sold separately and come in different gang configurations and finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The module recesses 18.7mm into the back box and projects 7mm from the front of the mounting frame once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be mixed with other module types in the same frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Knightsbridge grid modules are modular by design. A two-gang frame can hold any combination of intermediate, two-way, one-way, dimmer or retractive modules depending on your wiring requirements, allowing custom switch configurations in a single plate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293869662475,"sku":"GDM005MW","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/159394_ab54dc41-601a-41fe-9722-ed1d43894f02.jpg?v=1714665212"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-grid-module-polished-chrome","title":"20AX Intermediate Grid Module - Polished Chrome","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate grid module is a single-width switch module in polished chrome, designed to clip into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately). The module provides intermediate switching function, used in three-way or multi-location lighting control where a circuit is controlled from three or more points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate modules are typically installed between two two-way switches to create a three-location switching setup, allowing a single lighting circuit to be controlled from an entrance, hallway and landing, for example. The 20AX rating handles resistive loads up to 4,600W on 230V supply, suitable for controlling multiple light fittings on a single circuit or higher-wattage downlight arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished chrome rocker sits in a white ABS and steel module body measuring 24.8mm wide by 56.3mm tall, fitting a single grid aperture. The module clips into the front of a grid frame without tools, and the frame itself fixes to a standard 35mm minimum back box. The polished chrome finish provides a mirror-like metallic accent that pairs with contemporary, minimalist and high-contrast interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2201159_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-way or multi-location lighting control. It sits between two two-way switches, allowing a single lighting circuit to be controlled from three or more positions. Typical use is controlling landing lights from ground floor, first floor and top floor in a multi-storey home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this include the mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The module clips into a Knightsbridge grid mounting frame, which is sold separately. Frames are available in 1-gang, 2-gang, 3-gang and larger configurations to hold multiple modules in a single faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is required for safe installation. The module itself has an 18.7mm recessed depth and 7mm projection from the frame once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces intermediate grid modules in a range of finishes including brushed chrome, matt black, white, polished brass and antique brass. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293869760779,"sku":"GDM005PC","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/155628_948b76c4-3a33-4d35-9b0d-239906acd896.jpg?v=1714665215"},{"product_id":"20ax-intermediate-module-white","title":"20AX Intermediate Module - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX intermediate module is a white grid system component designed to control a single lighting circuit from three or more switch positions. The module clips directly into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames from the front without needing to remove the frame from the wall, allowing modular switch configurations to be built or reconfigured without re-plastering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switching is used where a lighting circuit needs control from more than two locations — typically in long hallways, staircases with landings at both ends, or large rooms with multiple entrances. The intermediate module sits between two two-way switches in the circuit, allowing the light to be controlled from any of the switch positions. The 20AX rating handles high-load lighting circuits including multiple fittings on a single switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module measures 56.3mm high by 24.8mm wide, occupying one grid position in a Knightsbridge mounting frame. The white UREA finish provides a durable surface that resists yellowing and scuffing better than standard ABS plastics. The module requires a 35mm minimum back box depth and carries an IP20 rating for dry indoor installation. Knightsbridge grid frames in matching white and other finishes are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite (UREA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2201160_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a lighting circuit to be controlled from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Typical applications include long hallways, staircases with landings, and large rooms with multiple doorways where light control is needed from more than two positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this module require a specific mounting frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This module is designed for the Knightsbridge Grid system and clips into Knightsbridge grid mounting frames sold separately. The frame holds the module in position and provides the faceplate finish. Frames are available in various sizes (1-gang through 6-gang) and multiple finishes to match this white module or create contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan modules be changed without removing the frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The module clips into the frame from the front, so modules can be added, removed or swapped without dismantling the wall installation. This makes the grid system reconfigurable for changing room layouts or wiring needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 35mm minimum back box depth is required. The module itself has an 18.7mm recessed depth plus terminal connections behind, so shallower boxes will not accommodate the wiring safely.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293869793547,"sku":"GDM005U","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/155634_50f04290-d26c-48a8-be88-8685c767ab00.jpg?v=1714665218"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-brushed-chrome-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Brushed Chrome Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides switching capability for three-point lighting circuits, commonly used in staircases, long hallways and landings where a single lighting circuit is controlled from three separate locations. The switch features a brushed chrome screwless faceplate that clips onto a separate mounting frame, eliminating visible fixings on the wall once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated at 10AX on 230V 50Hz mains, the switch handles lighting loads up to 2,300W. The switch mechanism is housed behind a premium-grade steel faceplate with a brushed chrome finish that provides a low-sheen metallic surface resistant to fingerprints and minor surface marks. The screwless cover plate measures 87.5mm square with a 4.3mm projection from the wall, fitting a minimum 16mm mounting box depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch differs from a standard two-way switch in that it reverses the switching state when used between two two-way switches in a three-point circuit. The Knightsbridge mechanism includes an integral gasket for moisture resistance and an earth terminal for grounding metal faceplates. The IP20 rating limits this switch to dry indoor use only — it is not rated for bathrooms, wet rooms or outdoor installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\" style=\"width: 100%; height: 218.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 22.6px;\"\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 22.6px;\"\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eBrushed Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1190960_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1287982.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-point lighting circuits where a single light or group of lights needs to be controlled from three separate locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. Common applications include staircases with switches at the top, middle landing and bottom, or long hallways with switches at both ends and one in the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is required for safe installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The brushed chrome cover plate clips onto a separate mounting frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting around the switch and re-clipped without re-wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The IP20 rating limits this switch to dry indoor use only. It is not rated for installation in bathrooms, wet rooms, or any location where moisture or water splash is present.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293922353419,"sku":"SF1200BC","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/101712_0057ab4e-37e1-48d0-ad38-4c9cbf74c715.jpg?v=1714666326"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-black-nickel-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Black Nickel Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch is designed for three-switch circuits where a single light is controlled from three separate locations, such as a staircase with switches at the top, middle landing and bottom. The black nickel screwless faceplate clips onto a separate sub-frame, giving a clean finish with no visible fixings once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitted between two-way switches in the circuit, the intermediate switch allows the light to be toggled on or off from any of the three positions without affecting the operation of the other switches. This is the standard configuration for staircases in three-storey homes, long hallways with switches at both ends and a midpoint, and split-level rooms where access exists at multiple heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W at 230V, comfortably exceeding the requirements for domestic lighting circuits and ceiling fan controls. The black nickel finish provides a dark metallic tone that sits between gunmetal grey and charcoal, pairing well with industrial, contemporary and minimalist interiors. The faceplate is pressed from premium-grade steel and carries an IP20 rating for indoor use in dry locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1191992_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1287984.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is fitted between two two-way switches in a three-switch circuit, allowing a single light to be controlled from three separate locations. Common applications include staircases with switches at the top, middle and bottom, or long hallways where switches exist at both ends and a central point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum mounting box depth is needed. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm projection from the wall once clipped onto the sub-frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The black nickel cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting around the switch and re-clipped without disturbing the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this intermediate switch style in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other finishes in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293922615563,"sku":"SF1200BN","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/101714_a9ae8e0a-4910-427b-8894-77e214502f8e.jpg?v=1714666329"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-matt-black-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Matt Black Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides the third control point in a 3-way lighting circuit, designed for staircases, long hallways and landing installations where lights need switching from three separate locations. The screwless matt black faceplate sits flush against the wall with a 4.3mm projection, concealing all fixings behind a clip-on cover plate that removes without tools for redecorating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in the circuit, converting the on\/off state from either direction. This allows a single light fitting or bank of lights to be controlled from three points — typically at the bottom of a staircase, the top landing, and a mid-floor position. The 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W at 230V, suitable for LED downlight banks, pendant circuits and wall light arrays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matt black finish is a powder-coated steel faceplate with a low-sheen surface that resists fingerprints and pairs cleanly with industrial, contemporary and monochrome interiors. The matching rocker switch sits within a defined aperture in the plate, maintaining visual consistency across multi-gang installations. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and includes an earth terminal for Class I wiring. A built-in gasket provides IP20 moisture resistance for dry interior locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2796138_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1288012.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between an intermediate switch and a 2-way switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches in a 3-way lighting circuit. It has four terminals instead of the three found on a 2-way switch, allowing it to pass the switching signal from either direction. You cannot use an intermediate switch as the first or last switch in the circuit — those positions require 2-way switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is required for safe installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for decorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The matt black cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed without tools for painting around the switch and re-clipped afterwards without re-wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this screwless intermediate switch in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, stainless steel and white finishes. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293922943243,"sku":"SF1200MBB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/183406_715559ff-69e1-47e4-8a96-dff802169da1.jpg?v=1714666331"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-matt-white-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Matt White Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides three-way switching control behind a matt white screwless faceplate with a matching white rocker. An intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches in a circuit, allowing a single light or group of lights to be controlled from three separate locations — typically used on staircases with switches at ground floor, mid-landing and upper floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential staircases, long hallways and commercial corridors where lighting control is needed from more than two points, the switch handles loads up to 10A (2,300W) at 230V. The screwless cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame, leaving no visible fixings on the wall once installed. The 16mm minimum back box depth makes it compatible with shallow wall cavities and retrofit installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matt white finish has a low-sheen surface that resists fingerprint marks and blends into white or light-coloured walls without creating a strong contrast. The premium-grade steel construction includes an integrated gasket behind the faceplate to improve dust and moisture resistance up to IP20 rating. The switch carries a 25-year warranty and is certified to EN 60669-1 standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1879433_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1288014.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between an intermediate switch and a two-way switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-way switch controls a light from two locations. An intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches to add a third control point. For example, a staircase might have two-way switches at the bottom and top, with an intermediate switch on the mid-landing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is needed. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted, making this one of the slimmest profile switches in the Knightsbridge range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting around the switch and re-clipped without re-wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this intermediate switch style in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass and matt black. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293922976011,"sku":"SF1200MW","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/126762_e7f27cf4-c80a-4f3b-a17d-47abcf952394.jpg?v=1714666333"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-polished-brass-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch provides three-point control for lighting circuits, allowing a single light to be switched on or off from three different wall positions. Housed in a polished brass screwless faceplate, the switch carries a 10AX rating (2,300W on 230V) and uses a matching polished brass metal rocker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for staircases, long hallways and large landings where lighting needs to be controlled from more than two points, the intermediate switch sits between two two-way switches to create the three-point circuit. The screwless cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box, giving a clean finish with no visible fixings on the wall once installed. The 16mm minimum back box depth requirement makes it compatible with shallow mounting boxes in plasterboard and dot-and-dab walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish provides a warm reflective surface that pairs well with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The metal rocker matches the faceplate finish, creating a cohesive appearance across the switch face. The premium-grade steel construction behind the brass finish is rated IP20 and carries an integrated gasket to resist moisture ingress in domestic environments. The switch is certified to EN 60669-1 and carries a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1191648_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1288016.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch allows a single light to be controlled from three or more wall positions. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit. This configuration is commonly used on staircases with three floors, long hallways with multiple entry points, or large open-plan spaces where lighting control is needed from several locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted, giving a total profile of approximately 20mm from the wall surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polished brass cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting around the switch and re-clipped without re-wiring or disturbing the back box fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this intermediate switch in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293923467531,"sku":"SF1200PB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/100544_6e9162fa-18bf-43db-8c97-3f2541f72e70.jpg?v=1714666335"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-polished-chrome-screwless","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Polished Chrome Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch is designed specifically for three-switch lighting circuits, providing the middle switching point in staircases, long hallways or split-level landings where a single light needs control from three separate locations. The polished chrome screwless faceplate sits flush against the wall with a matching metal rocker that conceals the switching mechanism behind a continuous reflective surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from steel with a polished chrome finish, the switch uses a screwless cover plate that clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. This removes visible fixings from the wall surface once installed, giving a cleaner finish than traditional screw-fixed plates. The 10AX rating handles lighting circuits up to 2,300W on 230V mains, suitable for larger multi-bulb chandeliers, ceiling lights with multiple fittings, or grouped downlight circuits controlled from a single switch position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and adds 4.3mm projection from the wall once the cover plate is fitted. A moisture-resistant gasket sits between the cover plate and sub-frame, providing IP20-rated protection against solid objects larger than 12.5mm. The polished chrome finish produces a high-reflective surface that works in both contemporary chrome-themed interiors and as a contrasting accent against darker wall colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntermediate switches work only within three-switch circuits — they cannot be used as a standalone switch or in two-switch configurations. For two-switch circuits use a two-way switch at each position; for circuits needing four or more switching points add additional intermediate switches between the two-way switches at each end of the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Chrome\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1191756_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1288020.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when do I need one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is used in three-switch or more lighting circuits where a single light needs control from three or more locations. In a typical staircase with three switching points (ground floor, mid-landing, top floor), you would use a two-way switch at the ground and top positions, and an intermediate switch at the mid-landing. Intermediate switches cannot be used as standalone switches or in two-switch circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polished chrome cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting around the switch and re-clipped without re-wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this intermediate switch style in a range of finishes including brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293923598603,"sku":"SF1200PC","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/101716_792243ed-1666-484a-82c4-55609f4ee382.jpg?v=1714666337"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/collections\/101712_0057ab4e-37e1-48d0-ad38-4c9cbf74c715.jpg?v=1789992106","url":"https:\/\/niori.co.uk\/collections\/intermediate-switches.oembed?page=2","provider":"Niori","version":"1.0","type":"link"}